Service Manual

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAlienwareXPS 630i

ﻪﻧﺎﻜﻣ ﻰﻟﺇ ﺮﺗﻮﻴﺒﻤﻜﻟﺍ ءﺎﻄﻏ ﺓﺩﺎﻋﺇ 120

ﺮﺗﻮﻴﺒﻤﻜﻟﺍ ءﺎﻄﻏ

(2) ءﺎﻄﻐﻟﺍ ﻞﺼﻔﻣ ﺔﻨﺴﻟﺃ

ﻞﺼﻔﻤﻟﺍ ﺕﺎﺤﺘﻓ

.ﻲﺳﺃﺮﻟﺍ ﻊﺿﻮﻟﺍ ﻲﻓ ﺹﺮﺤﺑ ﺮﺗﻮﻴﺒﻤﻜﻟﺍ ﻊﺿ ،ﻥﻭﺎﻌﻣ ﺓﺪﻋﺎﺴﻤﺑ 5

.ﺮﺗﻮﻴﺒﻤﻜﻟﺎﺑ ﻪﻠﺻﻭ ﻢﺛ ﺔﻜﺒﺸﻟﺍ ﺯﺎﻬﺟ ﻭﺃ ﺬﻔﻨﻤﺑ ﻞﺒﻜﻟﺍ ﻞﻴﺻﻮﺘﺑ

ﻻﻭﺃ ﻢﻗ ،ﺔﻜﺒﺷ ﻞﺒﻛ ﻞﻴﺻﻮﺘﻟ :ﺭﺎﻌﺷﺇ

.ﺎﻬﻠ

ﻐﺷ ﻢﺛ ،ﺔﻴﺋﺎﺑﺮﻬﻜﻟﺍ ﺬﺧﺂﻤﻟﺎﺑ ﺓﺰﻬﺟﻷﺍﻭ ﺮﺗﻮﻴﺒﻤﻜﻟﺍ ﻞ

ﺻﻭ 6

Summary of content (120 pages)

PAGE 1
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء )‪(2‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺷ ّﻐﻠﻬﺎ‪.
PAGE 2
‫‪17‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻚ ﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ؛ ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺐ‬ ‫ﺛﻨﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪.
PAGE 3
‫‪118‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻼﺕ‬
PAGE 4
‫ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻭﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ SATA‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪/‬ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .
PAGE 5
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ‪IDE‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ IDE‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪/‬ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ‪SATA‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ ،SATA‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ SATA‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪ SATA‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ ،SATA‬ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ ،SATA‬ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺤﺐ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‪.
PAGE 6
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.
PAGE 7
‫ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﺑﻘﻔﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.
PAGE 8
‫ﻛﺒﻼﺕ‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺩﻭﻣﺎً ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ً‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻔﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻬﺎ‪ .
PAGE 9
‫‪ 5‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺒﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ )‪ (CR2032‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺒﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻥ "‪ "+‬ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(119‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻤﺂﺧﺬ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.
PAGE 10
‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺪﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .
PAGE 11
‫‪110‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺿﻮﺍء‬
PAGE 12
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻓﻚ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(89‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ REAR_LED_SENSOR‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(101‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ REAR_LED_SENSOR‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 13
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻓﻚ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(87‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ REAR_LED_SENSOR‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(101‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 14
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ FRONT_LED‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ )‪(4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ‪FRONT_LED‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(54‬‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 15
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ‪FRONT_LED‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ )‪(4‬‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ‪ FRONT_LED‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 16
‫‪14‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺿﻮﺍء‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺐ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 17
‫‪104‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
PAGE 18
‫‪ 1‬ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ّ 1‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(71‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(119‬‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻤﺂﺧﺬ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.
PAGE 19
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪I/O‬‬ ‫)‪(RESET_FW‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ‪ESA‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻗﺎﺭﻱء ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫)‪(USB_Flexbay‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ )‪(USB_MB‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪I/O‬‬ ‫)‪(PWR_CONN‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ )‪(FAN_CCAG‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‬ ‫)‪(REAR_LED_SENSOR‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫)‪(FAN_HDD‬‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫)‪(FRONT_AUDIO_USB_LED‬‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍ
PAGE 20
‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪101‬‬
PAGE 21
‫‪100‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
PAGE 22
‫‪ 11‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(119‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 12‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻤﺂﺧﺬ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.
PAGE 23
‫‪ 4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ FRONT_LED‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ )‪(4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ‪FRONT_LED‬‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(54‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ‪ FRONT_AUDIO_USB_LED‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ‪FRONT_USB_LED‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ‪ USB_MB‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.
PAGE 24
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ )‪(2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ )‪ (I/O‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ )‪ (I/O‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻴﻴﻦ‪.
PAGE 25
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ‪FRONT_LED‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ )‪(4‬‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳُﺤﻜﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻟﻨﺰﻋﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ‪.
PAGE 26
‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ )‪ (I/O‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ )‪ (I/O‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ PCI‬ﻭ‪"PCI Express‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 27
‫‪94‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
PAGE 28
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺠﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﻉ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(88‬‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣ ّﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪.
PAGE 29
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﺍﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﺰﻡ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻚ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﻟﻠﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.
PAGE 30
‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪.
PAGE 31
‫‪90‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
PAGE 32
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(80‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ PCI‬ﻭ‪PCI‬‬ ‫‪ "Express‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(35‬‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.
PAGE 33
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ )‪(10‬‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺑﺤﺬﺭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﻴّﻨﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪.
PAGE 34
‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻚ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻤﺢ ﺑﻤﺮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﻬﺎ‪.
PAGE 35
‫‪ 7‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(119‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻤﺂﺧﺬ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.
PAGE 36
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﻫﺸﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺄﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﻩ ﻭﺿﻌﺎً ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎً ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﺩﻧﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.
PAGE 37
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺍً ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﻠﻤﺲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.
PAGE 38
‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "‪) "Contacting Dell‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑـ‪ (Dell‬ﻓﻲ ‪)Owner’s Manual‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 39
‫‪82‬‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬
PAGE 40
‫‪ 4‬ﺃﺣﻜﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ FAN_CPU‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(16‬‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(119‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻤﺂﺧﺬ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.
PAGE 41
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﻭﺃﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ )‪(4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ‪FAN_CPU‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺭﺃﺳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 42
‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻤﺢ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﻬﺎ‪.
PAGE 43
‫‪78‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭﺡ‬
PAGE 44
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪ FAN_HDD‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ )‪ (PSU‬ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ"‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(71‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(119‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.
PAGE 45
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻛﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ‪.
PAGE 46
‫‪ 6‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻼ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺗُﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺿﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ‪.
PAGE 47
‫ﻓﻚ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻓﻚ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(69‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪ FAN_HDD‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ )‪ (PSU‬ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ"‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.
PAGE 48
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ )‪(4‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬ ‫)‪ (PSU‬ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ PCI‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪ "PCI Express‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(35‬‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 49
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ )‪(4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻗﺎﻉ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.
PAGE 50
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ )‪(4‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺿﻊ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻛﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.
PAGE 51
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ )‪(4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻼ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُﺤﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.
PAGE 52
‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﻓﻚ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ PCI‬ﻭ‪ "PCI Express‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(32‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 53
‫‪68‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬
PAGE 54
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎً ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻌﺎً ﻹﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﺩﻗﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻭﻗﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(54‬‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(119‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.
PAGE 55
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪CD/DVD‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪.CD/DVD‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 56
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(53‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ CD/DVD‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ً‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻼ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ "CD/DVD‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(63‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ CD/DVD‬ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺩﻗﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺤﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ ،IDE‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻞ‪.
PAGE 57
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﺰﻻﺝ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻭﺍﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪CD/DVD‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻔﻴﺔ )‪(3‬‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(54‬‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(119‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.
PAGE 58
‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪CD/DVD‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪CD/DVD‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(53‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ‪.
PAGE 59
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻗﺎﺭﻱء ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﺭﻱء ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎً ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻌﺎً ﻹﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﺩﻗﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻭﻗﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(54‬‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 60
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(53‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(59‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺑﺤﺜﺎً ﻋﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻔﻴﺔ )‪(4‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺘﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.
PAGE 61
‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻙ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(54‬‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(119‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.
PAGE 62
‫ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(53‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻗﺎﺭﻱء ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﺭﻱء ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.
PAGE 63
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎً ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻌﺎً ﻹﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﺩﻗﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻭﻗﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(54‬‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 64
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(53‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ"‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(55‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺑﺤﺜﺎً ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻔﻴﺔ )‪(4‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺘﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.
PAGE 65
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﺰﻻﺝ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻭﺍﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(54‬‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(119‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.
PAGE 66
‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(53‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ‪.
PAGE 67
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ )‪(3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ )‪(3‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 68
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻂ ﺳﻘﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‪.
PAGE 69
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SATA‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪) SATA‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪SATA‬‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(119‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻤﺂﺧﺬ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺤﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‪.
PAGE 70
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺍﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.
PAGE 71
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺻﻠﺐ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(47‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎً ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.
PAGE 72
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍء )‪(2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺍﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(119‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻤﺂﺧﺬ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.
PAGE 73
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SATA‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪) SATA‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪SATA‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻧﺤﻮ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺘﻪ‪.
PAGE 74
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،IDE‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻣﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،IDE‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻂ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﺤﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺻﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺩﻭﻣﺎً ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.
PAGE 75
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ‪ ATA‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ‪ SATA‬ﻭﻣﺤﺮﻛﻲ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫ﺿﻮﺋﻴﺔ ‪ ATA‬ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪?SATA‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺭﻓﻊ ﻭﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ‪:IDE‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻦ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﺑﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.
PAGE 76
‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪) SATA‬ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ(‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ IDE‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ )ﻗﺮﺹ ﺻﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ(‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ‪ 3.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪.
PAGE 77
‫‪44‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
PAGE 78
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ FP_AUDIO‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ"ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (16‬ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.
PAGE 79
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﺲ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ(‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺟﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﺲ ‪PCI Express‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )‪(2‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ّ 9‬‬ ‫ﺧﻔﺾ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﺪﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍً‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 80
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻓﻬﻢ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ" ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.9‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﺲ‬ ‫‪ PCI Express‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (38‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.
PAGE 81
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬ﻻﺗﻤﺮﺭﻛﺒﻼﺕﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﺃﻭﺧﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﺇﻟﻰﻣﻨﻊﻏﻄﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻃﺮﻓﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﺎً‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 82
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺟﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﺲ ‪PCI Express‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )‪(2‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺟﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﺲ ‪) PCI Express‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ PCI‬ﻭ‪PCI‬‬ ‫‪ "Express‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(32‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺣﺸﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﺍً ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎً ﻟﻼﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺩﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.
PAGE 83
‫‪ 10‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﺎً‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(119‬‬ ‫‪ 12‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻤﺂﺧﺬ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 13‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.
PAGE 84
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ(‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ(‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻼﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻼﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬ﻻﺗﻤﺮﺭﻛﺒﻼﺕﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﺃﻭﺧﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﺇﻟﻰﻣﻨﻊﻏﻄﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺐ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺎﺕ‪.
PAGE 85
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪PCI Express x16‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪PCI Express x16‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ )ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ( ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺮﺷﺪﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺄﻋﺪﻭﺿﻊﻣﺮﺷﺪﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻋﻠﻰﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻭﺍﺩﻓﻊﻣﺮﺷﺪ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺗﺎ‪.
PAGE 86
‫‪ 11‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻤﺂﺧﺬ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 12‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻔﻜﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.43‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ PCI‬ﻭ‪PCI Express‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨّﺐﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻲﻭﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾﻧﻔﺴﻚﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺼﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.
PAGE 87
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪PCI Express x16‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪PCI Express x16‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﻟﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ PCI‬ﻭ‪ "PCI Express‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.35‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺣﺸﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﺍً ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎً ﻟﻼﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺩﻭﻥ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬ﻻﺗﻤﺮﺭﻛﺒﻼﺕﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕﺃﻭﺧﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪.
PAGE 88
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.
PAGE 89
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪PCI‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪PCI Express x16‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪PCI Express x16‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪PCI Express x8‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪PCI Express x8‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪PCI Express x1‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪PCI Express x1‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ PCI‬ﻭ‪PCI Express‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨّﺐﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻲﻭﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾﻧﻔﺴﻚﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺼﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.
PAGE 90
‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.
PAGE 91
‫‪30‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
PAGE 92
‫‪ 7‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻤﺂﺧﺬ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺤﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ >‪
PAGE 93
‫‪ 4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ )‪(2‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺰ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨّﺐ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﺎً‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﺎً‪.
PAGE 94
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ 32‬ﺑﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ ،Microsoft® Windows® XP‬ﻓﺴﻴﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪ 4‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ 64‬ﺑﺖ ﻓﺴﻴﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪ 8‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪ 2‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ‪ DIMMs‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ( ﻛﺤﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.
PAGE 95
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪.ECC‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪(DDR2 533-MHz) PC2-4300‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪ (DDR2 667-MHz) PC2-5300‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ 1‬ﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ ،DIMM‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.
PAGE 96
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ .DDR3‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ" ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪DDR2‬‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ DDR2‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ DDR2‬ﻭﻓﻖ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ً‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪ .
PAGE 97
‫‪24‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
PAGE 98
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪P15‬‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪PIN‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﻚ ‪16 AWG‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‪/‬ﺃﺻﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‪/‬ﺃﺻﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪+12 VDC‬‬ ‫‪+12 VDC‬‬ ‫‪+12 VDC‬‬ ‫‪+12 VDC‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪PIN‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪+5 VDC‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‬ ‫‪PWRBTN‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪
PAGE 99
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪+12 VB DC‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪+5 VDC‬‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪PIN‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﻚ ‪18 AWG‬‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪(FDI) P13‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪+5 VDC‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪+12 VB DC‬‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪PIN‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﻚ ‪18 AWG‬‬ ‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪(MS) P14‬‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪PIN‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪+12 VB DC‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪+5 VDC‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﻚ ‪18 AWG‬‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ
PAGE 100
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪(PHY) P8‬‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪PIN‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪+12 VB DC‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪+5 VDC‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﻚ ‪18 AWG‬‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪ P9‬ﻭ‪(Bay1 SATA and Bay2 SATA) P10‬‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪PIN‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪+3.
PAGE 101
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪ P2‬ﻭ‪) P3‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﺲ(‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪PIN‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪+12 VB DC‬‬ ‫‪+12 VB DC‬‬ ‫‪+12 VB DC‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﻚ ‪18 AWG‬‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﻴﻦ ‪ P2‬ﻭ‪ P3‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﺲ‬ ‫‪ PCIExpress‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ 75‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪(HDD0–HDD3) P4–P7‬‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪PIN‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪+3.
PAGE 102
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ‪PIN‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪+3.3 VDC‬‬ ‫‪+3.3 VDC/SE‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪+5 VDC‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪+5 VDC‬‬ ‫‪COM‬‬ ‫‪POK‬‬ ‫‪+5 VFP‬‬ ‫‪+12 VD DC/SE‬‬ ‫‪+12 VD DC‬‬ ‫‪+3.3 VDC‬‬ ‫‪+3.
PAGE 103
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ )‪(PSU‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪P1‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪21 22 23‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪16 17 18 19‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪11 12‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
PAGE 104
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )‪(POWER_BTN‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ )‪(DSKT‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪ IEEE‬ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪RTC‬‬ ‫‪((CLEAR_ CMOS‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪ S/PDIF‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬ ‫)‪(internal SPDIF‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪PCI‬‬ ‫)‪ SLOT5‬ﻭ‪(SLOT6‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪PCI-Express x8‬‬ ‫)‪(SLOT3‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫)‪(FP_USB‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫)‪(MIO_USB‬‬ ‫ﺯﺭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫)‪(RESET_BUTTON‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ
PAGE 105
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
PAGE 106
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪(2) CD/DVD‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ‪/‬ﻗﺎﺭﺉ‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ )‪(4‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪15‬‬
PAGE 107
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻣﻊ ﺳﺤﺐ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺰﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻞ‪ .‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﻲ‪.
PAGE 108
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺩﻭﻣﺎً ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨّﺐﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻲﻭﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾﻧﻔﺴﻚﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺼﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.
PAGE 109
‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ‬
PAGE 110
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ً‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺂﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ "ﻟﺘﺄﺭﻳﺾ" ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞﻟﻤﺲﺃﻱﺷﻲءﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪،‬ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺄﺭﻳﺾﻧﻔﺴﻚﻋﻦﻃﺮﻳﻖﻟﻤﺲﺳﻄﺢﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲﻏﻴﺮﻣﻄﻠﻲ‪،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺧﻠﻒﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬ﻗﻢﺑﺼﻔﺔﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎءﻋﻤﻠﻚﺑﻠﻤﺲﺳﻄﺢﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲﻏﻴﺮﻣﻄﻠﻲﻣﻦﻭﻗﺖﻵﺧﺮﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﺇﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.
PAGE 111
‫ﻓﻲ ®‪) Microsoft Windows Vista‬ﻧــﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ Start‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ ،Windows Vista‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪ Start‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪) Shut Down‬ﺇﻏﻼﻕ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎً ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 4‬ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.
PAGE 112
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻔﻚ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ‬ ‫ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻚ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ 9‬ﻭ‬ ‫"ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻚ ﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ™‪.Dell‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ‪.
PAGE 113
‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
PAGE 114
‫‪ 13‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪101 ...................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪101 ..............................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪102 ................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ I/O‬ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪103 ................................................‬‬ ‫‪ 14‬ﺍﻷﺿﻮﺍء‪105 ...............................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪105 ................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪106 ..................
PAGE 115
‫‪ 8‬ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪79 .....................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪79 ...................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪80 ..................................................‬‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪83 ....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪83 .................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪84 ................................................................‬‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪87 ............
PAGE 116
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ‪47 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺻﻠﺐ ‪47 ..................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ‪50 .........................................‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪53 .......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‪53 ........................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‪54 .........................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻧﺔ ‪55 ..........................................
PAGE 117
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪22................................. (FDI) P13‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪22..................................(MS) P14‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪23 ......................................P15‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪23 .........................‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪25 ...................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪25 .................................................. DDR2‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪27 .....................................................
PAGE 118
‫ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ‪9 ................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ‪9 ..........................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪9 ........................................................‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪10 ...................................................‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪13 ...................................‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪15 .........................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪15 ....................
PAGE 119
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪:‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝﺣﺪﻭﺙﺗﻠﻒﻓﻲﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﻭﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻌﻠﻤﻚﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫____________________‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .© 2008 Dell Inc‬ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳُﻤﻨﻊ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪.
PAGE 120
Dell™ XPS™ 630i ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ DCDR01 ‫ﻣﻮﺩﻳﻞ‬ w w w. d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l .